4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
35 * Copyright (c) 2021, Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
39 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
41 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
42 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
46 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
47 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
48 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
50 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
52 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
63 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
64 #include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
65 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
66 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
68 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
71 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
72 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
73 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
74 #include <sys/unique.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
79 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
80 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
82 #include <sys/callb.h>
83 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
84 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
85 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
86 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
87 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
88 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
92 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
93 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
94 #include <sys/callb.h>
96 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
100 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
103 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
106 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
108 typedef enum zti_modes
{
109 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
110 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
111 ZTI_MODE_SCALE
, /* Taskqs scale with CPUs. */
112 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
116 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
117 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
118 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
119 #define ZTI_SCALE { ZTI_MODE_SCALE, 0, 1 }
120 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
122 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
123 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
125 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
126 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
131 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
132 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
136 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
137 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
138 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
139 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
140 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
141 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
142 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
143 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
144 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
145 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
146 * particular taskq is chosen at random. ZTI_SCALE is similar to ZTI_BATCH,
147 * but with number of taskqs also scaling with number of CPUs.
149 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
150 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
151 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
153 static const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
154 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
155 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
156 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
157 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
158 { ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
159 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
160 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
161 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
164 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
165 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
166 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
167 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
168 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
170 static uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 80; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
171 static uint_t zio_taskq_batch_tpq
; /* threads per taskq */
172 static const boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
173 static const uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
175 static const boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process => no sysdc */
178 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
179 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
181 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
184 * Allow read spacemaps in case of readonly import (spa_mode == SPA_MODE_READ).
185 * This is used by zdb for spacemaps verification.
187 boolean_t spa_mode_readable_spacemaps
= B_FALSE
;
190 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
191 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
193 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
196 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
198 static int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
201 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
202 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
203 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
204 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
205 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
207 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
208 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
209 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
210 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
212 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
213 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
214 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
216 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
217 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
218 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
219 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
221 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
224 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
225 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
226 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
228 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
229 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
230 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
231 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
232 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
233 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
235 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
238 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
239 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
240 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
242 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
245 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
247 static const boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
250 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
251 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
253 static int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
254 static int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
257 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
258 * triggered in testing.
260 static int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
261 static int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
264 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
265 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
266 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
268 static int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
271 * ==========================================================================
272 * SPA properties routines
273 * ==========================================================================
277 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
280 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
281 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
283 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
286 propval
= fnvlist_alloc();
287 fnvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
);
290 fnvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
);
292 fnvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
);
294 fnvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
);
295 nvlist_free(propval
);
299 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
302 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
304 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
305 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
306 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
307 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
308 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
309 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
311 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
314 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
315 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
316 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
317 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
319 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
320 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
321 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
322 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
324 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
325 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
326 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
327 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
329 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
330 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
332 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
333 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
334 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
335 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
336 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
337 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
339 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
340 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
342 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
343 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
345 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
346 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
348 version
= spa_version(spa
);
349 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
350 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
351 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
353 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
354 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
356 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
357 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
362 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
363 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
365 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
366 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
367 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
370 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
374 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
375 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
376 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
379 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
384 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
386 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
387 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
391 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
392 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
,
393 spa
->spa_compatibility
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
396 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
397 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
400 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
401 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
402 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
404 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
405 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
408 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
409 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
410 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
412 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
413 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
416 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
417 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
418 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
419 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
420 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
421 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
422 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
428 * Get zpool property values.
431 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
433 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
439 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
443 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
444 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
445 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
448 * Get properties from the spa config.
450 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
452 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
453 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0)
457 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
459 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
460 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
461 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
464 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
467 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
470 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
472 /* integer property */
473 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
474 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
475 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
477 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
478 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
480 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
481 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
485 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
487 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
488 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
491 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
494 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
497 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
502 /* string property */
503 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
504 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
505 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
507 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
510 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
511 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
518 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
520 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
521 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
522 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
532 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
533 * for the property values to be set.
536 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
539 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
541 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
544 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
546 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
547 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
548 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
551 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
552 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
553 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
558 * Sanitize the input.
560 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
561 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
565 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
566 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
571 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
575 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
576 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
577 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
581 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
584 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
585 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
587 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
588 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
590 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
593 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
594 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
595 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
596 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
597 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
598 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
599 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
600 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
603 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
604 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
605 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
606 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
609 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
611 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
613 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
618 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
620 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
621 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
622 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
624 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
625 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
630 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
632 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
633 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
639 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
644 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
645 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
650 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
655 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
656 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
658 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
660 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
664 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
665 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
666 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
667 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
670 * This is a special case which only occurs when
671 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
672 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
673 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
674 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
675 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
676 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
679 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
680 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
681 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
685 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
686 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
689 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
692 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
695 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
696 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
700 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
701 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
703 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
704 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
705 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
708 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
709 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
711 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
712 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
713 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
717 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
718 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
729 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
730 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
732 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
733 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
734 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
737 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
738 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
746 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
749 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
751 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
755 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
758 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
759 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
760 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
763 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
765 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
767 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
771 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
774 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
775 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
777 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
780 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
781 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
783 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
784 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
785 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
788 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
791 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
792 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
794 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
795 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
799 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
800 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
804 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
805 * create the pool properties object, the features for
806 * read object, the features for write object, or the
807 * feature descriptions object.
809 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
810 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
811 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
822 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
823 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
830 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
833 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
835 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
836 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
837 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
838 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
844 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
846 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
847 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
848 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
851 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
852 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
853 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
854 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
857 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
858 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
859 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
861 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
862 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
864 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
870 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
872 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
873 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
875 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
877 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
879 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
880 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
881 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
882 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
883 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
885 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
886 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
890 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
891 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
892 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
893 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
894 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
895 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
896 * sysevent to update any watchers.
899 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
904 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
905 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
906 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
908 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
909 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
912 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
913 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
916 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
917 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
923 * ==========================================================================
924 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
925 * ==========================================================================
929 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
931 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
932 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
935 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
936 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
938 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
942 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
943 * re-initializes them in the process.
946 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
948 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
950 memcpy(last
, &spa
->spa_errlist_last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
951 memcpy(scrub
, &spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
953 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
954 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
955 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
956 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
957 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
958 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
962 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
964 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
965 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
966 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
967 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
968 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
969 uint_t cpus
, flags
= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
970 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
974 ASSERT3U(value
, >, 0);
979 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
980 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
984 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
986 * We want more taskqs to reduce lock contention, but we want
987 * less for better request ordering and CPU utilization.
989 cpus
= MAX(1, boot_ncpus
* zio_taskq_batch_pct
/ 100);
990 if (zio_taskq_batch_tpq
> 0) {
991 count
= MAX(1, (cpus
+ zio_taskq_batch_tpq
/ 2) /
992 zio_taskq_batch_tpq
);
995 * Prefer 6 threads per taskq, but no more taskqs
996 * than threads in them on large systems. For 80%:
999 * cpus taskqs percent threads threads
1000 * ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1011 count
= 1 + cpus
/ 6;
1012 while (count
* count
> cpus
)
1015 /* Limit each taskq within 100% to not trigger assertion. */
1016 count
= MAX(count
, (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ 99) / 100);
1017 value
= (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ count
/ 2) / count
;
1021 tqs
->stqs_count
= 0;
1022 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1026 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1028 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1032 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
1033 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
1034 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
1036 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1041 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s_%u",
1042 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], i
);
1044 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1045 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1047 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1049 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
1051 (void) zio_taskq_basedc
;
1052 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1053 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1055 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1057 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1058 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1059 * priority than the other taskqs.
1061 * Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
1062 * the priority value as opposed to platforms like
1063 * illumos where it should be decremented.
1065 * On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
1066 * are equal then a difference between them is
1069 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
) {
1070 #if defined(__linux__)
1072 #elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
1078 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1079 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1082 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1087 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1089 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1091 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1092 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1096 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1097 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1098 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1101 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1102 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1106 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1107 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1108 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1109 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1112 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1113 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1115 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1118 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1119 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1121 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1122 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1124 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1127 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1131 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1134 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1135 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1137 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1141 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1142 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1144 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1145 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1147 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1150 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1152 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1156 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1158 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1159 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1160 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1166 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1168 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1170 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1172 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1174 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1175 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1178 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1180 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1183 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1184 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1185 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1186 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1188 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1189 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1191 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1192 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1193 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1195 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1196 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1197 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1200 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1201 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1204 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1205 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1206 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1210 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1211 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1214 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1215 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1217 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1219 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1220 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1222 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1223 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1225 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1226 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1227 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1228 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1230 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1231 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1232 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1233 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1234 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1236 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1242 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1245 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1247 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1249 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1250 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1251 spa
->spa_read_spacemaps
= spa_mode_readable_spacemaps
;
1253 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1254 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1255 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
=
1256 metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1257 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1258 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1260 /* Try to create a covering process */
1261 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1262 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1263 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1266 (void) spa_create_process
;
1267 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1268 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1269 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1270 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1272 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1273 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1274 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1275 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1277 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1278 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1279 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1283 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1288 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1289 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1291 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1292 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1293 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1296 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1297 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1301 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1302 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1303 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1304 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1305 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1306 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1308 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1309 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1311 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1312 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1313 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1314 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1315 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1316 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1318 spa_activate_os(spa
);
1320 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1323 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1324 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1325 * resolution of various deadlocks.
1327 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1328 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1330 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1331 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1333 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1334 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1335 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1337 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1341 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1342 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1343 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1345 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", 100,
1346 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1349 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1350 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1352 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", 100,
1353 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1357 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1360 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1362 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1363 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1364 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1365 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1366 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1368 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1370 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1371 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1372 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1375 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1376 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1377 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1380 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1381 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1382 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1385 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1387 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1388 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1389 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1391 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1393 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1394 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1395 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1399 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1400 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1401 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1402 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1405 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1406 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1408 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1409 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1411 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
);
1412 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
= NULL
;
1414 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1415 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1417 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1418 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1421 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1422 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1424 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1425 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1426 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1428 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1430 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1432 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1433 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1434 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1435 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1436 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1437 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1438 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1439 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1441 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1442 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1444 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1445 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1448 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1449 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1452 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1453 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1457 spa_deactivate_os(spa
);
1462 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1463 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1464 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1465 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1468 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1469 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1475 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1478 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1481 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1484 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1490 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1493 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1495 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1503 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1509 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1511 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1514 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1517 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1520 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1523 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1530 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1531 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1534 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1536 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1537 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1539 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1540 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1543 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1547 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1549 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1551 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1552 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1553 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1554 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1557 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1558 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1559 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1560 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1561 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1564 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1565 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1566 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1570 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1572 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1573 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1574 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1576 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1577 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1578 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1580 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1581 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1582 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1584 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1585 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1586 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1591 * Opposite of spa_load().
1594 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1596 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1597 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1599 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1600 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1602 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1605 * If we have set the spa_final_txg, we have already performed the
1606 * tasks below in spa_export_common(). We should not redo it here since
1607 * we delay the final TXGs beyond what spa_final_txg is set at.
1609 if (spa
->spa_final_txg
== UINT64_MAX
) {
1611 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
1612 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
1613 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
1614 * destroy log space maps and save import time.
1616 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1617 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1622 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1624 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1625 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1626 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
,
1627 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1628 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1629 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1630 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
1637 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1638 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1639 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1643 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1644 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1646 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1647 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1648 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1649 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1650 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1654 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1655 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1658 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1660 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1661 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1662 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1663 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1664 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1667 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1668 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1669 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1672 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1674 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1676 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1678 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1683 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1684 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1685 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1688 * Close the dsl pool.
1690 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1691 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1692 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1693 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1697 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1700 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1702 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1704 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1705 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1706 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1707 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1708 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1709 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1711 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1712 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1713 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1715 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1717 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1718 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1719 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1721 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1722 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1723 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1724 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1726 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1727 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1728 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1730 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1732 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1734 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1736 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1737 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1738 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1740 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
1741 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
1742 spa
->spa_compatibility
= NULL
;
1745 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1749 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1750 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1751 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1752 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1755 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1764 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1765 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1767 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1768 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1770 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1774 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1777 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1779 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1780 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1782 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1783 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1784 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1785 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1790 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1791 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1792 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1794 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1797 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1798 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
));
1800 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1801 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1807 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1808 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1809 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1810 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1811 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1812 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1813 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1815 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1817 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1818 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1819 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1822 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1824 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1825 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1826 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1830 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1831 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1832 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1833 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1834 * is actively in use.
1836 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1837 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1838 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1839 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1840 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1842 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1843 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1847 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1849 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1852 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1857 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1860 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
1862 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1864 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1865 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1866 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1867 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1868 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
1869 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
);
1870 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1871 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1872 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1876 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1877 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1878 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1879 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1880 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1884 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1886 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1888 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1890 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1891 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1895 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1896 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1898 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1899 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1900 * state of the pool.
1902 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1906 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1908 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1909 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1910 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1913 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1919 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1920 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
1921 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1924 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1926 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1927 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
);
1930 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1932 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1934 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1942 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1946 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1947 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1952 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1953 * even if it fails to open.
1955 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1960 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1962 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1965 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1967 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1968 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1971 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
1972 * creation with a cache device or if the header
1973 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
1974 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
1975 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
1977 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
1981 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1982 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1985 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1986 * information this time.
1988 fnvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1990 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1991 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1993 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1994 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1995 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1996 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1997 (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
);
2001 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
2003 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
2008 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
2010 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
2011 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
2012 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
2013 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
2019 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
2021 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2022 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
2024 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2028 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
2031 char *packed
= NULL
;
2036 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
2040 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
2041 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
2043 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
2044 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
2047 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
2048 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
2054 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
2055 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
2058 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
2060 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2063 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2064 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
2067 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2075 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2076 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2079 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2081 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2082 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2084 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2085 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2086 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2087 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2092 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2094 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2097 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2098 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2099 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2101 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2102 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2105 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2107 nv
= fnvlist_alloc();
2109 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2110 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2113 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2114 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2117 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2118 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2119 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2120 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2125 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
2126 (const nvlist_t
* const *)child
, idx
);
2127 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2128 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2130 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2131 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2134 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2137 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2138 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2139 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2142 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2143 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2145 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2146 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2147 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2148 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2149 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2150 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2160 * Check for missing log devices
2163 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2165 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2166 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2168 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2171 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2172 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2173 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2174 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2175 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2177 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2184 * Passivate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2187 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2189 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2190 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2192 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2194 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2195 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2197 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2198 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2199 metaslab_group_passivate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2200 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2204 return (slog_found
);
2208 * Activate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2211 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2213 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2215 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2217 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2218 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2220 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2221 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2222 metaslab_group_activate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2228 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2232 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2233 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2236 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2237 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2240 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2246 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2248 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2249 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2253 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2255 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2260 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2261 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2262 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2263 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2266 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2267 boolean_t sle_verify_data
;
2268 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2269 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2273 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2275 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2276 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2277 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2278 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2279 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2281 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2283 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2284 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2285 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2287 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2290 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2291 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2292 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2293 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2297 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2298 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2300 static int spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2301 static int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2302 static int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2305 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2306 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2309 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= rio
->io_private
;
2311 (void) zilog
, (void) dnp
;
2313 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2314 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2317 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2318 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2319 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2321 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2323 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) &&
2324 (!spa_load_verify_data
|| !sle
->sle_verify_data
))
2327 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2328 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2329 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2331 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2332 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2333 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2334 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2335 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2337 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2338 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2339 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2340 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2345 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2347 (void) dp
, (void) arg
;
2349 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2350 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2356 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2359 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2360 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2361 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2364 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2366 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
||
2367 policy
.zlp_maxmeta
== UINT64_MAX
)
2370 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2371 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2372 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2374 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2379 * Verify data only if we are rewinding or error limit was set.
2380 * Otherwise nothing except dbgmsg care about it to waste time.
2382 sle
.sle_verify_data
= (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_REWIND_MASK
) ||
2383 (policy
.zlp_maxdata
< UINT64_MAX
);
2385 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2386 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2388 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2389 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2390 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2391 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2392 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2393 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2394 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2397 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2398 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2399 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2402 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2403 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2405 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2406 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2408 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2409 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2410 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2411 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2414 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2415 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2416 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2420 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2421 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2423 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2424 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
,
2425 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
);
2426 fnvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
,
2428 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2429 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_META_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_meta_count
);
2430 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2431 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
);
2433 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2436 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2440 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2441 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2445 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2449 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2452 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2454 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2455 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2459 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2462 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2464 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2465 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2467 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2468 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2469 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2476 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2478 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2479 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2483 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2485 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2489 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2493 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2497 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2500 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2501 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2502 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2503 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2508 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2513 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2514 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2515 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2517 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2522 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2523 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2524 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2526 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2531 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2534 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2536 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2537 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2538 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2539 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2540 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2542 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2543 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2546 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2550 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2553 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2555 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2556 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2557 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2558 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2559 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2562 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2563 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2564 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2565 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2566 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2568 /* no more livelists to delete */
2569 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2570 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2571 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2572 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2573 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2578 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2579 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2580 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2581 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2584 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2587 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2588 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2589 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2591 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2592 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2594 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2595 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2598 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2600 ll
= kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2601 dsl_deadlist_open(ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2602 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(ll
);
2603 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2604 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2605 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2608 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2611 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2614 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2615 " livelist %llu, %lld remaining",
2616 (u_longlong_t
)dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2617 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
, (longlong_t
)count
- 1);
2618 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2619 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2620 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2622 VERIFY3U(err
, ==, EINTR
);
2624 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2625 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2626 dsl_deadlist_close(ll
);
2627 kmem_free(ll
, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
));
2629 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2634 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed",
2635 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
);
2636 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2637 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2642 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2644 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2645 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
=
2646 zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
2647 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
,
2651 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2654 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2657 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2661 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2663 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2665 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2666 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2671 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2674 uint64_t first_size
;
2676 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2679 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2681 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2682 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2684 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2686 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2687 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2688 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2692 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2693 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2694 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2697 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2698 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2699 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2700 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2701 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2702 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2704 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2705 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2706 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2707 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2709 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2710 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2711 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2712 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2715 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2716 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2717 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2719 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2720 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2721 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2724 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2725 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2726 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2728 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2729 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2730 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2732 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2733 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2734 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2735 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2736 "(%llu blkptrs)", (u_longlong_t
)tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
,
2737 (u_longlong_t
)ds
->ds_object
, (u_longlong_t
)first_obj
,
2738 (u_longlong_t
)cur_first_size
, (u_longlong_t
)next_obj
,
2739 (u_longlong_t
)cur_next_size
,
2740 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2741 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2743 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2744 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2745 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2746 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2747 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2748 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2752 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2754 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2755 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2759 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2760 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2761 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2763 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2764 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2765 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2768 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2769 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2771 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2772 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2773 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2774 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2775 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2777 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2778 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2779 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2782 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2785 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2789 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2790 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2793 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2794 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2795 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2796 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2799 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2800 * the synctask completes.
2802 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2804 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2805 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2806 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2807 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, tx
);
2813 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2814 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2815 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2816 * again in a later txg.
2819 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2820 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2821 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2822 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2823 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2825 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2829 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2830 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2833 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2837 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2838 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2839 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2846 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2848 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2849 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2850 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2851 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2852 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2854 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2855 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
=
2856 zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
2857 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
,
2858 spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
, minclsyspri
);
2862 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2864 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2866 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2868 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2869 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2870 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2872 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2873 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2874 zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
2875 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2876 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
, minclsyspri
);
2880 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2881 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2882 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2883 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2885 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2886 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2887 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2888 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2889 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2890 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2892 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2893 * the original pool.
2896 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2903 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2905 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2908 /* check that the config is complete */
2909 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2910 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2913 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2915 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2916 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2917 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2918 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2921 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2922 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2924 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2925 * just do the split.
2927 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2929 /* attempt to re-online it */
2930 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2934 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2935 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2937 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2938 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2939 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2940 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2947 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2948 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2951 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2952 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2955 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2958 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2962 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2964 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2967 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2968 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2969 spa_load_state(spa
));
2971 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2972 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2975 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2976 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2978 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2979 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2981 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2982 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2983 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2985 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2986 (void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
,
2987 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
2990 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2993 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2994 spa_load_state(spa
));
3001 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
3002 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
3003 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
3006 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
3008 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
3011 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
3013 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3014 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
3016 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
3018 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3019 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
3022 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
3023 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
3029 #define vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd) ((void) sizeof (vd), 0)
3033 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
3036 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
3040 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3041 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
3042 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
3043 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
3046 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3047 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3048 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
3050 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
3051 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
3052 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3053 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
3056 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
3059 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
3060 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
3062 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
3066 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
3068 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
3072 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
3073 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
3074 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
3077 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
3078 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
3079 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
3080 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
3084 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
3085 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
3086 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
3088 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
3089 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3091 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
3095 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
3097 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3104 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3107 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3109 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3110 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3111 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3112 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3113 multihost_interval
);
3116 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3117 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3118 * writes do not land.
3120 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3121 * these cases and times.
3124 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3126 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3127 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3129 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3130 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3131 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3133 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3134 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3135 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3136 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3137 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3138 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3140 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3141 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3143 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3144 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3145 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3147 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3148 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3149 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3150 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3151 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3152 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3154 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3156 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3159 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3160 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3162 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3163 "import_intervals=%llu leaves=%u",
3164 (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3165 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3166 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
,
3167 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3169 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3170 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3171 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3172 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3173 (u_longlong_t
)multihost_interval
,
3174 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3177 return (import_delay
);
3181 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3182 * we detected activity then fail.
3185 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3187 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3188 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3189 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3190 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3191 uint64_t import_delay
;
3192 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3193 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3194 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3199 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3200 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3204 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3205 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3206 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3208 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3209 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3211 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3212 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3213 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3215 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3216 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3217 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3218 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3223 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3225 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3226 import_delay
+= import_delay
* random_in_range(250) / 1000;
3228 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3230 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3231 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3232 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3234 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3236 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3237 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3238 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3239 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3240 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3241 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3242 (u_longlong_t
)txg
, (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
,
3243 (u_longlong_t
)timestamp
,
3244 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3245 (u_longlong_t
)mmp_config
,
3246 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3248 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3253 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3257 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3259 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3267 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3271 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3272 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3273 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3274 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3276 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3277 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3278 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3280 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3281 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3282 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3285 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3286 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3287 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3288 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3289 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3292 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3293 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3294 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3295 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3296 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3300 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3301 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3302 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3303 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3305 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3309 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3315 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3319 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3321 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3322 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3323 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3324 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3326 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3328 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3329 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3330 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3331 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3332 "See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
3334 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3335 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3336 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3337 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3338 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3346 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3349 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3354 char *compatibility
;
3357 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3358 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3360 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3361 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3362 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3364 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3365 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3366 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3367 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3371 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3372 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3375 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3376 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3377 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3380 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3381 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3382 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3384 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3385 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3386 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3387 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3389 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3390 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3391 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3394 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3396 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3397 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3399 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3400 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3401 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3403 ASSERT(spa
->spa_compatibility
== NULL
);
3404 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMPATIBILITY
,
3405 &compatibility
) == 0)
3406 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(compatibility
);
3408 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3409 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3411 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3412 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3414 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3415 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3416 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3417 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3421 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3423 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3425 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3426 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3427 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3428 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3432 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3433 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3434 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3436 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3437 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3438 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3439 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3440 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3443 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3448 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3449 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3450 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3452 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3453 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3460 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3461 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3464 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3469 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3470 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3472 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3473 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3474 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3475 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3476 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3477 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3479 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3482 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3483 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3485 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3486 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3487 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3489 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3490 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3491 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3492 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3494 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3495 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3496 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3497 * for missing vdevs).
3498 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3499 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3500 * damaging it further.
3502 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3503 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3504 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3506 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3507 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3508 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3512 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3515 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3516 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3522 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3523 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3524 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3525 * config is trusted.
3528 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3531 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3533 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3534 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3535 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3538 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3542 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3543 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3545 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3546 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3553 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3555 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3556 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3557 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3558 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3559 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3560 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3561 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3562 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3566 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3568 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3570 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3571 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3574 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3575 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3576 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3577 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3578 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3579 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3580 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3581 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3583 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3584 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3585 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3586 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3587 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3588 * just in the edge case.
3590 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3591 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3592 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3597 * Find the best uberblock.
3599 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3602 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3604 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3606 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3607 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3610 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3611 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3612 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3614 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3615 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3619 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3620 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3621 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3623 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3625 if (activity_check
) {
3626 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3627 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3629 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3630 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3631 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3634 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3640 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3641 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3642 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3643 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3644 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3645 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3646 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3650 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3652 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3654 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3655 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3656 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3659 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3663 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3664 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3666 if (label
== NULL
) {
3667 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3668 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3672 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3675 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3676 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3677 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3682 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3685 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3686 spa
->spa_label_features
= fnvlist_dup(features
);
3692 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3693 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3694 * cannot open a pool.
3696 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3697 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3699 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3701 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3703 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3704 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3705 fnvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3706 nvpair_name(nvp
), "");
3710 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3711 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3712 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3713 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3714 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3715 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3719 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3722 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3723 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3724 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3725 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3726 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3727 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3731 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3733 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3739 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3742 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3744 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3746 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3747 "[error=%d]", error
);
3748 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3750 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3756 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3757 boolean_t reloading
)
3759 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3760 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3761 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3762 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3763 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3765 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3767 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3770 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3771 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3773 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3776 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3778 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3780 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3781 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3785 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3786 * the verification here.
3788 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3789 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3791 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3796 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3798 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3801 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3803 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
);
3805 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3806 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3807 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
3809 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3813 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3814 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3815 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3816 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3817 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3818 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3819 * best effort policy.
3821 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3822 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3823 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3824 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3825 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3826 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3828 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3829 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3830 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3831 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3836 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3838 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3841 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3842 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3843 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3844 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3845 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3847 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3848 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3849 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3850 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3851 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3853 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3854 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3855 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3858 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3859 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3860 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3861 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3863 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3866 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3868 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3872 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3876 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3877 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3878 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3881 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3882 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3884 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3885 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3886 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3887 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3888 * an extreme rewind.
3890 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3891 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3892 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3893 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3894 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3895 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3896 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3897 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3898 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3900 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3901 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3902 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3903 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3905 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3907 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3911 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3913 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3915 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3916 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3917 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3918 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3919 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3920 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3928 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3931 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3934 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3935 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3937 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3939 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3941 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3945 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3947 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3949 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3951 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3958 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3961 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3963 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3964 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3965 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3967 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3968 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3969 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3972 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3973 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3974 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3977 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3978 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3979 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3982 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3983 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3985 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3986 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3987 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3989 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3990 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3991 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3992 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3993 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3997 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3998 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
4000 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
4001 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4002 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
4005 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
4006 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
4008 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
4009 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4010 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
4014 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
4015 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
4016 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
4017 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
4018 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
4019 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
4020 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
4021 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
4022 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
4023 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
4024 * available for open in read-only mode.
4026 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
4027 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
4028 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
4029 * userland in order to know whether to display the
4030 * abovementioned note.
4032 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
4033 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
4034 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
4035 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4040 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
4041 * cache during SPA initialization.
4043 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
4046 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
4047 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
4049 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
4050 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
4051 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
4052 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
4054 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
4055 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
4056 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
4057 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
4058 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4063 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
4064 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
4065 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4066 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4070 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
4071 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
4072 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
4074 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
4075 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
4076 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
4083 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
4086 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4088 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
4089 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4090 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
4092 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
4093 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4100 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
4104 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4106 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
4107 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4108 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
4109 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
4110 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
4111 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4112 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
4113 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
4114 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
4115 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4116 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
4117 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
4118 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4121 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4122 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4123 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
4125 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4126 "[error=%d]", error
);
4127 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4131 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4132 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4135 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4136 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4137 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4139 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4140 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4141 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4142 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4145 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4148 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4150 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4151 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4153 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4154 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4155 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4156 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4159 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4160 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4162 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4163 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4164 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4165 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4168 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4169 * will not be present.
4171 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4172 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4173 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4176 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4177 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4178 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4179 * spa_sync_config_object.
4182 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4183 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4184 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4185 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4186 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4189 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4190 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4192 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4193 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4194 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4195 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4196 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4197 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4198 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4199 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4201 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4202 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4203 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4205 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4207 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4208 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4210 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4212 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4214 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4216 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4218 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4219 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4222 uint64_t autoreplace
= 0;
4224 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4225 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4226 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4227 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4228 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4229 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4230 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4231 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4235 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4236 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4237 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4239 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4240 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4241 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4242 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4243 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4244 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4251 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4254 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4257 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4258 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4263 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4265 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4267 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4268 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4269 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4270 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4271 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4272 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4273 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4274 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4277 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4278 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4279 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4280 } else if (error
== 0) {
4281 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4285 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4287 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4288 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4289 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4290 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4291 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4292 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4293 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4294 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4295 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4296 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4299 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4300 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4301 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4302 } else if (error
== 0) {
4303 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4310 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4313 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4316 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4317 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4318 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4320 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4321 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4322 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4323 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4324 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4328 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4329 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4330 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4331 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4334 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4335 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4337 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4338 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4339 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4341 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4342 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4343 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4348 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4350 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4352 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4353 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4356 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4358 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_spacemaps failed [error=%d]",
4360 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4364 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4366 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4367 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4368 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4374 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4377 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4379 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4381 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4382 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4389 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4391 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4393 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4394 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4396 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4397 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4398 "so dropping the logs");
4400 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4401 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4402 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4412 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4415 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4418 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4419 * to start pushing transactions.
4421 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4422 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4424 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4425 "[error=%d]", error
);
4426 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4435 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4438 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4441 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4442 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4443 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4444 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4445 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4447 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4449 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4450 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4451 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4454 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4456 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4460 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4461 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4463 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4464 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4467 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4468 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4470 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4471 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4473 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4474 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4475 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4476 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4477 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4479 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4480 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4481 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4484 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4485 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4488 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4492 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4494 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4495 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4498 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4499 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4502 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4503 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4504 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4506 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4510 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4512 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4515 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4516 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4518 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4519 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4520 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4522 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4528 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4529 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4530 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4531 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4532 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4538 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4542 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4543 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4546 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4547 * a pool following a split.
4548 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4549 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4550 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4551 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4553 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4554 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4557 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4559 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4563 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4566 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4567 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4568 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4569 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4570 * to read from the vdevs.
4572 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4577 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4578 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4579 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4580 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4581 * validation for now.
4583 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4584 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4590 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4591 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4592 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4593 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4594 * of zfs supports them all.
4596 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4601 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4602 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4603 * allow us to read its contents.
4605 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4613 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4615 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4618 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4619 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4621 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4622 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4623 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4626 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4627 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4629 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4630 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4635 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4636 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4639 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4640 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4641 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4642 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4643 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4645 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4646 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4649 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4651 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4654 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4655 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4656 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4657 * pool and there is no way back.
4659 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4660 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4661 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4662 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4663 * a "preview" of its content.
4665 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4666 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4668 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4669 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4671 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4672 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
4674 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4675 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4677 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4678 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4681 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4682 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4685 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4686 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4689 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4691 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4692 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4695 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4696 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4705 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4706 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4711 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4712 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4715 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4720 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4721 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4723 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4724 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4725 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4726 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4729 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4730 * too different from the untrusted config.
4732 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4733 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4734 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4738 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4742 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4750 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4751 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4752 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4753 * config stored in the MOS.
4756 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4759 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4760 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4761 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4762 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4764 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4765 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4767 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4769 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4774 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4775 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4776 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4779 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4781 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4784 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4787 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4788 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4789 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4790 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4792 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4797 * Redo the loading process again with the
4798 * checkpointed uberblock.
4800 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4801 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4802 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4808 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4810 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4815 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4816 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4817 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4818 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4819 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4820 * we have loaded their mappings.
4822 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4827 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4828 * they are all supported.
4830 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4835 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4838 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4843 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4845 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4850 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4853 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4858 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4859 * should be autoreplaced.
4861 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4865 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4870 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4871 * when we claim log blocks later.
4873 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4877 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4878 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4881 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4882 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4883 * information and can return to userland.
4885 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4890 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4891 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4892 * which can take a very long time.
4894 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4899 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4900 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4901 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4903 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4906 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4907 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4908 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4910 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4911 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4912 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4914 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4917 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4918 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4920 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4921 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4922 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4923 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4927 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4929 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4932 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4934 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4935 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4936 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4939 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4940 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4941 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4942 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4945 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4948 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4949 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4950 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4952 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4953 update_config_cache
);
4956 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
4957 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4958 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
4960 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
4961 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
4962 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4963 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
4964 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4968 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4969 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4971 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4973 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4974 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4977 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4980 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4981 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4982 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4983 * deletion zthr is part of).
4985 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4986 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4989 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4991 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4993 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4994 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4995 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4996 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
4997 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5000 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5001 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
5003 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
5009 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
5011 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
5014 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5016 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
5018 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5019 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5021 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
5022 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
5024 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
5028 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
5029 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
5030 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
5031 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
5035 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
5038 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
5039 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
5040 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
5041 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
5044 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5045 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
5046 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5048 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
5049 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
5050 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5053 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
5054 if (load_error
== 0)
5056 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
5058 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
5059 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
5060 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
5062 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
5063 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5064 return (load_error
);
5067 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
5068 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5070 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
5071 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
5073 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
5074 nvlist_free(config
);
5075 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5076 return (load_error
);
5079 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5080 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
5081 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5084 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
5085 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
5088 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
5089 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
5092 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
5093 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
5094 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
5095 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
5098 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
5099 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
5101 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
5102 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
5103 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
5104 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5105 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
5108 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
5109 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
5111 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
5112 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
5114 nvlist_free(config
);
5116 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5117 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
5118 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5119 return (rewind_error
);
5121 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5122 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
5123 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5125 /* Restore the initial load info */
5126 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5127 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5129 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5130 return (load_error
);
5137 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5138 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5139 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5140 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5142 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5143 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5147 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
5151 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5153 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5154 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5159 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5160 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5161 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5162 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5164 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5165 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5169 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5171 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5172 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5175 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5176 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5180 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5182 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5183 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5185 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5187 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5188 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5189 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5191 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5192 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5195 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5197 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5198 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5199 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5200 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5201 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5204 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5205 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5208 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5209 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5214 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5215 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5216 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5218 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5219 *config
= fnvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
);
5220 fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5221 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5222 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5225 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5226 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5228 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5234 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5237 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5240 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5241 * gathered while doing the load.
5243 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5244 fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5245 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5249 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5250 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5251 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5252 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5256 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5264 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
5267 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5271 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
5273 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5277 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5278 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5281 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5285 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5286 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5287 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5290 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5291 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5297 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5299 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5300 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5301 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5305 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5308 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5318 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5320 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5323 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
5324 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5325 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
));
5327 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5328 (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
, nspares
);
5329 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5330 &spares
, &nspares
));
5333 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5334 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5335 * their status appropriately.
5337 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5338 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5340 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5342 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(spares
[i
],
5343 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
,
5345 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5346 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5353 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5356 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5359 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5366 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5368 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5371 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
5372 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5373 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
5374 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5375 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5376 (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
, nl2cache
);
5377 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5378 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
5381 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5384 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5385 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5389 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5391 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5392 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5398 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5399 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
));
5400 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5401 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5408 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5413 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5414 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5415 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5416 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5417 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5418 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5419 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5420 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5421 za
.za_first_integer
));
5423 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5426 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5427 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5428 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5429 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5430 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5431 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5432 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5433 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5434 za
.za_first_integer
));
5436 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5441 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5445 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5446 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5449 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5452 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5457 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5460 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5461 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5462 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5463 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5464 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5465 * clear' can resume the pool.
5468 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5472 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5474 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5475 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5477 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5478 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5480 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5481 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5482 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5485 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5488 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5492 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5493 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5499 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5503 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5504 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5505 * self-inconsistent.
5507 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5509 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5510 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5512 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5513 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5514 fnvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5515 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2);
5517 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5518 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5519 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
));
5521 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5522 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5523 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5525 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5526 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5527 spa
->spa_suspended
);
5530 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5531 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5532 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5537 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5538 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5542 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5543 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5545 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5549 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5551 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5556 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5557 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5564 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5565 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5566 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5567 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5570 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5571 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5572 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5579 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5582 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5584 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5588 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5591 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5594 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5595 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5598 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5601 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5602 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5604 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5605 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5609 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5611 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5617 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5618 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5619 fnvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5626 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5633 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5634 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5639 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5643 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5645 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5646 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5647 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5651 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5652 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5653 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5657 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5662 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5668 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5671 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5672 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
));
5674 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5675 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5676 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5677 newdevs
[i
] = fnvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
]);
5678 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5679 newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
] = fnvlist_dup(devs
[i
]);
5681 fnvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
);
5683 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5684 (const nvlist_t
* const *)newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
);
5685 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5686 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5687 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5690 * Generate a new dev list.
5692 sav
->sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
5693 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5694 (const nvlist_t
* const *)devs
, ndevs
);
5699 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5702 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5706 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5708 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5711 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5714 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5715 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5716 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5721 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5722 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5725 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5726 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5728 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5729 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5731 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5733 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5740 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5741 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5744 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5749 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5750 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5751 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5752 uint64_t version
, obj
, ndraid
= 0;
5753 boolean_t has_features
;
5754 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5755 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5761 if (props
== NULL
||
5762 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5763 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5766 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5768 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5769 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5770 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5771 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5775 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5777 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5778 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5779 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5780 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5781 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5783 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5785 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5786 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5788 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5793 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5795 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5796 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5798 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5799 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5800 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5801 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5802 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5803 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5804 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5806 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5807 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5808 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5809 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5810 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5811 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5815 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5817 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5819 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5821 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5825 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
5826 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5828 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5832 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5833 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5834 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5836 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5838 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5839 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5840 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5841 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5842 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5843 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5844 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5845 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5846 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5849 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5851 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5853 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5854 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5855 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5856 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5860 * Create the root vdev.
5862 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5864 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5866 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5867 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5869 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5870 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5873 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5874 (error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, rvd
, &ndraid
, 0)) == 0 &&
5875 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5877 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5878 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5880 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5881 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5883 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5884 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5888 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5892 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5894 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5899 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5901 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5902 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5903 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
5904 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5905 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
5907 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5908 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5909 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5910 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5914 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5916 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5917 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5918 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5919 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5920 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5921 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
,
5923 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5924 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5925 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5926 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5929 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5930 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5931 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5934 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5938 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5940 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5943 * Create the pool's history object.
5945 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5946 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5948 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5949 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5952 * Create the pool config object.
5954 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5955 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5956 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5958 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5959 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5960 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5961 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5964 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5965 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5966 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5967 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5970 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5971 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5972 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5973 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5974 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5975 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5976 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5981 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5982 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5985 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5986 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5987 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5988 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5989 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5990 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5991 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5993 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5994 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5997 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5999 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
6000 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
6003 * Set pool properties.
6005 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
6006 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
6007 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
6008 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
6009 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
6010 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
6012 if (props
!= NULL
) {
6013 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6014 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
6017 for (int i
= 0; i
< ndraid
; i
++)
6018 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6022 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
6024 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
6025 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
6027 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
6029 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
6032 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
6033 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
6035 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6036 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
6037 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
6041 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6047 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
6050 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
6053 char *altroot
= NULL
;
6054 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
6055 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6056 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
6057 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
6060 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6061 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6064 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
6066 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6067 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
6068 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6069 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
6073 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6075 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
6076 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
6077 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
6078 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
6080 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
6081 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
6082 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
6085 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
6086 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
6088 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
6090 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6092 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
6093 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6094 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
6095 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6099 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
6102 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
6104 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6106 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
6107 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
6108 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
6110 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
6112 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
6113 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
6114 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
6116 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
6117 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6119 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
6122 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6123 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6125 fnvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
, spa
->spa_load_info
);
6127 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6129 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6130 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6132 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6133 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6134 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6135 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6137 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6138 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6139 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6140 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6143 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
6144 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6147 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6149 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6150 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6152 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6154 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6158 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6161 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6162 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6164 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6165 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6166 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6167 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6168 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6170 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6171 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6172 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
6174 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6175 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6176 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6177 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6179 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6180 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6181 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6182 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6183 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6185 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6186 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6187 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
,
6189 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6190 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6191 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6192 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6196 * Check for any removed devices.
6198 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6199 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6200 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6203 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6205 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6207 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6211 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6212 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6214 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6216 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6218 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6220 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6222 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6230 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6232 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6233 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6237 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6239 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6242 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6246 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6248 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6249 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6250 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6253 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6255 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6256 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6257 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6258 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6259 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6260 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6262 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6265 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6267 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6268 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6270 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6273 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6276 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6278 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6279 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6280 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, poolname
);
6281 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, state
);
6282 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6283 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
);
6284 fnvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6285 spa
->spa_load_info
);
6286 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6290 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6291 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6292 * pools are bootable.
6294 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6295 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6298 * We have to play games with the name since the
6299 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6301 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6302 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6306 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6308 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6310 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6313 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6314 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6316 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
,
6318 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6320 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6324 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6326 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6327 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6328 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6329 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6333 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6335 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6341 * Pool export/destroy
6343 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6344 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6345 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6346 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6347 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6350 spa_export_common(const char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6351 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6359 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6360 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6362 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6363 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6364 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6365 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6368 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6369 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6370 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6371 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6373 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6376 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6377 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6379 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6380 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6381 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6382 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6383 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6384 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6386 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6387 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6389 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6392 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6393 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6394 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6396 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6397 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6398 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6402 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6403 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6404 * fault injection handlers.
6406 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) || (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0)) {
6407 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
6411 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6413 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6414 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6415 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6416 * be forcedly exported.
6418 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6419 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6420 error
= SET_ERROR(EXDEV
);
6425 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6426 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6427 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6428 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6429 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6431 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6432 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6433 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6434 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6435 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6436 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6440 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6441 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6442 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6444 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6445 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6446 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6447 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6448 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6452 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
6453 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
6454 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
6455 * destroy log space maps and save import time. This has to be
6456 * done before we set the spa_final_txg, otherwise
6457 * spa_sync() -> spa_flush_metaslabs() may dirty the final TXGs.
6458 * spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload() should be called after
6459 * spa_state has been set to the new_state.
6461 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
6462 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
6464 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6465 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6466 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6468 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6475 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6476 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6477 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6478 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6480 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6482 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6485 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6486 *oldconfig
= fnvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
);
6488 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6490 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6494 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6495 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6496 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6498 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6501 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6505 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6506 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6507 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6512 * Destroy a storage pool.
6515 spa_destroy(const char *pool
)
6517 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6522 * Export a storage pool.
6525 spa_export(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6526 boolean_t hardforce
)
6528 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6533 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6534 * from the namespace in any way.
6537 spa_reset(const char *pool
)
6539 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6544 * ==========================================================================
6545 * Device manipulation
6546 * ==========================================================================
6550 * This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
6553 spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
6555 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
6556 int draid
= (int)(uintptr_t)arg
;
6558 for (int c
= 0; c
< draid
; c
++)
6559 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6563 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6566 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6568 uint64_t txg
, ndraid
= 0;
6570 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6572 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6573 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6575 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6577 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6579 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6580 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6581 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6583 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6585 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6589 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6593 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6594 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6596 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6597 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0) {
6598 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6602 * The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
6603 * and the vdev guids are generated. The guid of their associated
6604 * dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
6606 if ((error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, vd
, &ndraid
,
6607 rvd
->vdev_children
)) == 0) {
6608 if (ndraid
> 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
6609 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) != 0)
6612 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6616 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6617 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6619 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6620 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6623 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6624 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6625 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6626 * vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
6628 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6629 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6630 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6631 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6632 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6633 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6634 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6636 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
6637 if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd
) != 0)
6638 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6641 * Need the top level mirror to be
6642 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6644 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6645 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6646 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6647 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6648 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6649 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6657 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6658 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6659 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6660 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6661 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6662 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6666 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6667 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6668 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6669 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6672 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6673 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6674 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6675 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6676 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6680 * We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
6681 * have to do it in a synctask.
6686 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, txg
);
6687 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa_draid_feature_incr
,
6688 (void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid
, tx
);
6693 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6694 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6695 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6696 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6697 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6698 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6699 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6701 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6702 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6703 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6705 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6707 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6708 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6709 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6710 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6716 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6717 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6718 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6720 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6721 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6722 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6723 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6724 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6725 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6726 * is automatically detached.
6728 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6729 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
6730 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
6733 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
6736 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6737 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6738 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6740 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6744 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6746 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6748 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6750 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6751 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6752 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6753 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6754 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6758 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
6759 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6761 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)))
6762 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6763 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
6765 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
6766 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6767 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
6770 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6771 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6774 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6776 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6777 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6779 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6781 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6782 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
6783 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6785 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6786 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6788 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6790 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6791 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6793 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6794 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6797 * Spares can't replace logs
6799 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6800 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6803 * A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
6805 if (newvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_draid_spare_ops
&&
6806 oldvd
->vdev_top
!= vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd
)) {
6807 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6812 * For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
6813 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
6814 * vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
6817 if (pvd
->vdev_top
!= NULL
)
6818 tvd
= pvd
->vdev_top
;
6820 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6821 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
&&
6822 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_ops
) {
6823 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6829 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6832 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6833 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6834 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6836 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6839 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6842 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6843 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6844 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6845 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6848 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6849 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6850 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6851 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6852 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6855 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6856 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6857 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6858 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6859 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6860 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6863 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6864 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6866 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6870 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6872 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6873 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6876 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6877 * than the top-level vdev.
6879 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6880 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6883 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6884 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6886 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6887 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6888 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6890 (void) snprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6891 "%s/%s", newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6892 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6893 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6894 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6899 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6900 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6902 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6903 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6905 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6906 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6907 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6910 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6912 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6913 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6914 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6915 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6918 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6920 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6922 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6923 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6924 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6926 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6929 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6930 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6931 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6933 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6935 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
,
6936 TXG_INITIAL
, dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6938 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6939 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6940 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6943 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6944 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6945 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6948 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6950 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6953 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
6954 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6955 * respective datasets.
6958 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
6962 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6964 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
6965 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
6966 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
6968 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
6973 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6974 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6976 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6981 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6983 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6984 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6985 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6986 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6987 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6989 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6990 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6996 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6998 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6999 * is a replacing vdev.
7002 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
7006 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7007 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
7008 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7009 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
7012 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7014 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
7016 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7019 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
7020 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
7021 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
7023 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
7024 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
7025 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
7026 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
7028 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
7029 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
7030 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
7032 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7033 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7034 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7035 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7036 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7040 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
7042 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7043 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7045 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7048 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
7049 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
7050 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
7051 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
7052 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
7053 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
7054 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
7055 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
7056 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
7057 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
7058 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
7060 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
7061 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7064 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
7066 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7067 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7068 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7070 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
7071 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
7074 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
7076 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7077 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
7078 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7079 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7082 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
7083 * we cannot safely detach it.
7085 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
7086 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7088 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
7091 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
7092 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
7093 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
7095 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
7096 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
7097 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
7099 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7100 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7102 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
7105 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
7106 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
7107 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
7108 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
7115 * If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
7116 * implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
7117 * from the active spare list for the pool. dRAID spares on the
7118 * other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
7119 * from the spares list.
7121 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
== 0) {
7122 vdev_t
*last_cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7124 if (last_cvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
7125 last_cvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_spare_ops
) {
7131 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
7132 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
7133 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
7134 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
7135 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
7136 * it's being detached!
7138 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
7141 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
7143 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
7144 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
7147 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
7149 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7152 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
7153 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
7154 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
7155 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
7156 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
7157 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
7158 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
7161 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
7162 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
7163 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
7164 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7165 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
7169 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
7170 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
7172 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
7173 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
7174 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7175 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
7179 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
7180 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
7182 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
7183 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7186 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7188 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
7191 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
7192 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
7193 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
7194 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
7195 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
7197 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
7199 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
7202 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7205 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7206 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7207 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7208 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7210 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7211 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7212 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7213 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7214 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7216 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7217 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7219 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7220 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7222 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7224 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7226 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7229 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7230 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7231 * list of every other pool.
7234 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7236 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7237 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7238 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7242 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7243 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7244 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7245 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7246 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7248 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7250 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7251 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7254 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7255 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7256 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7257 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7263 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7266 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7268 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7270 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7271 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7272 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7273 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7274 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7275 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7276 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7277 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7278 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7279 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7280 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7282 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7283 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7286 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7287 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7288 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7289 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7290 * the thread is not exited.
7292 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7293 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7294 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7295 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7296 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7297 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7298 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7299 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7300 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7301 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7302 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7303 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7304 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7305 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7309 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7310 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7312 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7313 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7315 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7316 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7319 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7321 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7327 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7328 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7330 int total_errors
= 0;
7333 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7334 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7337 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7338 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7339 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7340 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7341 * the initializing operation.
7343 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7345 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7346 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7347 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7349 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7352 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7354 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7355 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7356 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7361 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7362 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7364 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7365 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7366 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7368 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7370 return (total_errors
);
7374 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7375 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7377 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7379 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7381 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7382 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7383 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7384 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7385 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7386 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7387 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7388 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7389 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7390 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7391 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7392 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7393 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7394 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7395 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7396 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7397 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7399 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7400 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7403 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7404 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7405 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7406 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7408 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7409 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7410 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7411 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7412 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7413 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7414 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7415 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7416 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7417 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7418 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7419 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7420 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7424 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7425 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7427 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7428 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7430 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7431 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7434 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7436 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7442 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7443 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7444 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7447 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7448 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7450 int total_errors
= 0;
7453 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7454 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7457 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7458 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7459 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7460 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7461 * the TRIM operation.
7463 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7465 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7466 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7467 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7469 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7470 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7472 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7474 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7475 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7476 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7481 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7482 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7484 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7485 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7486 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7488 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7490 return (total_errors
);
7494 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7497 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7498 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7501 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7503 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7504 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7506 char *altroot
= NULL
;
7507 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7508 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7510 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7512 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7514 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7515 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7516 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7517 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7518 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7521 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7522 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7523 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7524 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7525 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7528 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7531 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7533 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7534 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7535 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7538 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7540 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7541 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7543 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7545 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7546 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7548 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7549 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7551 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7552 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
7553 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
7561 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7562 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7564 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7565 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7566 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7567 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7569 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7570 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7572 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7573 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7574 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7576 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7580 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7581 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7584 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7589 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
7590 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
7594 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7595 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7597 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7601 /* look it up in the spa */
7602 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7603 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7604 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7608 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7609 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7610 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7611 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7612 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7613 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7614 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7615 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7616 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7617 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7618 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7622 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7623 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7624 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7628 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7629 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7630 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
);
7631 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7632 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
);
7633 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7634 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
);
7635 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7636 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
);
7638 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7639 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7640 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7641 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7643 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7644 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7645 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7646 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7650 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7651 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7652 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7655 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7656 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7658 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7660 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7663 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7664 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7666 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
7667 fnvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
, glist
, children
);
7668 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7670 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7671 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, nvl
);
7672 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7673 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7674 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7676 /* configure and create the new pool */
7677 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
);
7678 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7679 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
);
7680 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
, spa_version(spa
));
7681 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
, spa
->spa_config_txg
);
7682 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7683 spa_generate_guid(NULL
));
7684 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7685 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7686 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7688 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7689 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7690 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7691 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7692 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7694 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7695 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7697 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7698 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7700 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7701 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7704 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7705 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7706 * once the split has completed.
7708 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7709 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7710 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7712 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7713 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7714 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7716 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7717 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7718 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7719 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7720 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7721 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7723 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7724 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7725 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7729 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7730 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7732 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7733 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7735 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7736 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
7738 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7739 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7743 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7744 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7745 newspa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_alloc();
7746 fnvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7747 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
));
7748 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7753 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7754 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7755 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7760 /* flush everything */
7761 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7762 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7763 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7765 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7766 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7768 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7770 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7771 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7772 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7773 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7776 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7777 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7778 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7781 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7782 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7783 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7785 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7786 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7787 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7792 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7793 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7798 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7799 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7800 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7804 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7806 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7807 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7809 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7810 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7811 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7813 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
7814 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7816 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7818 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7825 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7828 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7830 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7831 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7833 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7836 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7837 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7838 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7839 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7841 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7843 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7844 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7845 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7847 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7852 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7853 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7856 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7858 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7860 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7861 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7867 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7868 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7869 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7870 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7871 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7872 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7874 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7875 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7877 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7878 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7880 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7881 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7882 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7887 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7888 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7890 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7891 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7892 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7894 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7897 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7904 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7905 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7906 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7907 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7910 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7913 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7914 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7915 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7916 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7917 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7919 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7920 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7922 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7923 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7924 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7925 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7934 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7936 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7937 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
7939 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7941 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
7942 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7943 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
7944 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
7945 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
7946 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
7949 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7950 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7953 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
7954 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
7955 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
7956 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
7958 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
7960 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7961 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7963 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7965 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7968 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7971 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
7972 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
7974 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7978 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7981 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
7985 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
7987 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7989 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
7991 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
7992 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
7994 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7995 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
7998 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
7999 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
8000 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
8004 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
8005 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
8007 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
8008 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
8009 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
8014 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
8018 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
8020 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
8024 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
8026 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
8030 * ==========================================================================
8032 * ==========================================================================
8035 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
8037 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8039 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8040 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8042 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
8046 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
8048 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8049 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8050 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8051 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
8055 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
8057 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8059 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
8060 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8062 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8063 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
8064 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8067 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
8068 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
8070 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8071 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
8072 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
8076 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
8080 * ==========================================================================
8081 * SPA async task processing
8082 * ==========================================================================
8086 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8088 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
8089 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8090 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
8091 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
8094 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
8095 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
8096 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
8097 * device, all of which is a waste.
8099 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
8100 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
8101 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
8103 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
8105 /* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
8106 zfs_post_remove(spa
, vd
);
8109 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8110 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8114 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8116 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
8117 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8118 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
8121 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8122 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8126 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8128 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
8131 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8132 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8133 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
8136 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
8139 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
8142 static __attribute__((noreturn
)) void
8143 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
8145 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
8146 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8149 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
8151 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8152 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
8153 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
8154 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8157 * See if the config needs to be updated.
8159 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
8160 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
8162 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8163 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8164 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8165 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8166 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8167 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8169 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
8171 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8172 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8173 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8174 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8175 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8176 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8179 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
8180 * then log an internal history event.
8182 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
8183 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
8184 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
8185 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
8186 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
8191 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
8193 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
8194 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8195 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8196 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
8197 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8198 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
8199 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8200 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8203 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
8204 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8205 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8206 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8210 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8212 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8213 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8214 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8215 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8219 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8221 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
||
8222 tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
) {
8223 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8227 * Kick off a resilver.
8229 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8230 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8231 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8232 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8233 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8235 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8236 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8237 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8238 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8239 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8240 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8243 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8244 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8245 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8246 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8247 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8248 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8251 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8252 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8253 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8254 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8255 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8256 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8260 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8262 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8263 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8264 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8265 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8266 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8267 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8271 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8273 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8274 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8275 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8276 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8277 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8278 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8282 * Let the world know that we're done.
8284 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8285 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8286 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8287 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8292 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8294 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8295 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8296 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8297 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8298 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8300 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8302 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8303 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8304 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8306 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8307 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8308 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8310 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8311 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8312 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8314 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8315 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8316 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8320 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8322 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8323 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8324 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8325 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8326 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8328 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8329 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8330 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8332 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8333 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8334 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8336 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8337 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8338 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8340 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8341 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8342 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8346 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8348 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8350 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8352 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8353 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8354 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8355 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8357 config_task_suspended
=
8358 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8359 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8362 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8366 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8368 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8369 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8370 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8371 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
8372 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8373 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8374 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8378 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8380 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8381 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8382 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8383 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8387 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
8389 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
8393 * ==========================================================================
8394 * SPA syncing routines
8395 * ==========================================================================
8400 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8404 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8409 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8411 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8415 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8417 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8421 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8425 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8431 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8435 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8439 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8440 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8443 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8445 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8446 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8447 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8451 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8452 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8455 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8457 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8462 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8463 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8464 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8465 * not have any entries.
8467 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8468 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8469 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8470 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8472 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8473 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8474 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8475 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8479 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8481 char *packed
= NULL
;
8486 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8489 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8490 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8491 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8493 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8494 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8496 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8498 memset(packed
+ nvsize
, 0, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8500 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8502 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8504 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8505 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8506 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8507 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8511 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8512 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8522 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8523 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8524 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8526 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8527 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8528 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8529 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8530 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8531 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8532 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8535 nvroot
= fnvlist_alloc();
8536 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8537 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
,
8538 (const nvlist_t
* const *)NULL
, 0);
8540 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8541 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8542 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8543 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8544 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
,
8545 (const nvlist_t
* const *)list
, sav
->sav_count
);
8546 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8547 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8548 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8551 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8552 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8554 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8558 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8559 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8562 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8564 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8566 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8567 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8568 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8570 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8571 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8572 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8574 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8575 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8580 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8585 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8586 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8587 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8588 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8590 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8591 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8594 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8596 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8597 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8598 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8600 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8601 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8602 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8603 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8604 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8606 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8610 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8611 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8612 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8613 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8614 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8615 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8618 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8621 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8626 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8628 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8629 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8630 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8632 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8633 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8634 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8635 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8637 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8638 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8642 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8643 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8644 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8645 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8646 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8647 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8648 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8651 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8653 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8654 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8655 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8656 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8657 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8658 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8661 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8662 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8663 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8664 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8666 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8668 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8669 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8671 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8672 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8675 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8676 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8678 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8679 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8680 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8682 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8684 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8685 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8687 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8691 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8693 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8694 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8695 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8698 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8700 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8702 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8703 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8705 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8706 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8707 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8708 (longlong_t
)version
);
8712 * Set zpool properties.
8715 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8717 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8718 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8719 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8720 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8722 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8724 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8726 char *strval
, *fname
;
8728 const char *propname
;
8729 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8732 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8733 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8735 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8737 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8739 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8740 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8742 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8743 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8744 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8747 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8748 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8750 * The version is synced separately before other
8751 * properties and should be correct by now.
8753 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8756 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8758 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8759 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8761 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8764 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8765 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8767 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8771 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8772 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8773 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8774 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8775 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8777 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8778 * so that their labels get updated. We also need to
8779 * update the cache file to keep it in sync with the
8780 * MOS version. It's unnecessary to do this for pool
8781 * creation since the vdev's configuration has already
8784 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
8785 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8786 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
8788 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8789 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8791 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
:
8792 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8793 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
)
8794 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
8795 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8797 * Dirty the configuration on vdevs as above.
8799 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
8800 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8801 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
8804 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8805 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8810 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8812 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8813 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8814 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8815 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8819 /* normalize the property name */
8820 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8821 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8823 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8824 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8825 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8826 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8827 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8828 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8829 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8830 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8831 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8832 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8834 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8836 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8837 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8839 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8840 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8841 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8842 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8843 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8844 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8846 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8850 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8851 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8853 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8854 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8856 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8857 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8859 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8860 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8861 spa_async_request(spa
,
8862 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8864 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8865 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8866 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8867 spa_async_request(spa
,
8868 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8870 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8871 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8880 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8884 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8885 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8886 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8887 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8891 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8893 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8896 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8897 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8899 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8900 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8901 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8903 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8904 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8907 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8908 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8909 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8912 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8913 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8914 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8916 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8917 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8920 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8921 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8922 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8926 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8927 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8928 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8929 * this feature active
8931 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8932 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8933 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8934 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8935 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8937 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
8938 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
8942 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
8943 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8944 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8946 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8947 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
8948 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8949 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
8950 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
8951 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
8954 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
8958 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
8960 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
8961 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
8963 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8964 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
8965 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
8968 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
8969 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
8970 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
8971 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
8972 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
8973 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
8974 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
8975 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
8976 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
8977 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8978 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
8979 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8981 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
8984 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8985 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8986 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8988 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
8992 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8993 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8994 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8997 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
8999 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9001 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9002 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
9003 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
9004 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
9005 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
9006 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
9008 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
9009 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9010 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9012 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
9013 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
9016 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
9017 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
9021 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
9022 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
9023 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
9025 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
9026 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
9027 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
9029 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
9031 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
9032 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
9033 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
9035 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
9038 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9039 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9041 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9043 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9045 normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9046 slots_per_allocator
;
9047 special
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9048 slots_per_allocator
;
9049 dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9050 slots_per_allocator
;
9052 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9053 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9054 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9058 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9060 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9062 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9063 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9064 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9065 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
9067 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
9068 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
9075 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9077 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
9078 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9079 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9080 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
9083 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
9085 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
9086 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
9087 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
9088 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
9089 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
9090 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
9091 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
9093 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
9094 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
9096 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
9097 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
9098 * as the log space map should effectively have the
9099 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
9101 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
9104 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
9105 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
9107 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
9108 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
9109 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
9113 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
9115 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
9117 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
9120 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
9125 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
9126 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
9127 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
9128 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
9129 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
9130 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
9131 * don't want to rely on that here).
9134 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
9135 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
9137 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
9138 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
9139 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
9141 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9142 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9143 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9144 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9148 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
9149 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
9153 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
9154 * commit the transaction group.
9156 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
9157 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
9158 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
9159 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
9162 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9164 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9165 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9171 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
9172 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
9174 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9176 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9177 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
9179 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
9180 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
9182 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
9184 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
9186 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
9187 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
9190 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
9192 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9195 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
9196 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
9199 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
9201 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
9202 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
9206 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
9208 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9212 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
9213 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
9218 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
9219 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9222 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9226 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9229 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9230 * before this txg syncs.
9232 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9233 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9237 * Lock out configuration changes.
9239 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9241 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9242 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9244 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9245 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9246 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9247 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9251 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9252 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9254 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9255 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
9257 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9258 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9259 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9260 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9261 * into the root vdev tree.
9263 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9264 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9265 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9266 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9267 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9269 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9270 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9272 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9274 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9275 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9277 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9278 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9279 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9280 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9281 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9284 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9285 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9287 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9288 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9289 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9292 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9293 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9294 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9297 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9298 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9299 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9300 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
9301 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
9305 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
9307 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
9309 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
9312 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9314 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9315 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9316 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9317 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9318 * spa_sync_config_object.
9320 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
9321 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9322 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
9323 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
9324 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
9328 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9329 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9332 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9335 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9336 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9339 * Clear the dirty config list.
9341 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9342 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9345 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9346 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9348 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9349 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9350 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9351 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9354 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9356 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9357 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9358 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9359 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9363 * Update usable space statistics.
9365 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9367 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9369 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9370 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9372 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9374 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9377 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9378 * since vdev_config_sync().
9380 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9381 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9382 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9384 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9387 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9390 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9391 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9392 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9393 * that txg has been completed.
9395 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9396 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9398 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9401 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9403 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9407 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9408 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9412 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9415 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9416 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9417 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9418 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9420 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9421 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9422 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9423 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9424 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9426 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9430 * ==========================================================================
9431 * Miscellaneous routines
9432 * ==========================================================================
9436 * Remove all pools in the system.
9444 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9445 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9447 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9448 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9450 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9451 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9452 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9454 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9455 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9456 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9457 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9458 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9460 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9462 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9466 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9470 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9475 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9479 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9480 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9481 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9485 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9486 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9487 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9496 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9498 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9500 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9503 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9504 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9507 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9508 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9510 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9511 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9513 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9515 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9519 spa_has_aux_vdev(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
9525 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9526 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9529 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9530 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9531 &vdev_guid
) == 0 && vdev_guid
== guid
)
9539 spa_has_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9541 return (spa_has_aux_vdev(spa
, guid
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
));
9545 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9547 return (spa_has_aux_vdev(spa
, guid
, &spa
->spa_spares
));
9551 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9552 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9555 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9559 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9561 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9562 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9563 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9572 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9574 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9577 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9578 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9579 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9581 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9587 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9588 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9589 * whether it is finished waiting.
9592 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9595 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9596 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9598 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9599 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9600 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9604 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9605 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9608 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9610 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9611 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9612 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9613 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9614 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9615 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9616 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9619 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9621 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
9623 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9625 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9626 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9627 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
9628 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
9630 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
9631 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
9633 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9635 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9637 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
9638 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
9639 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
9645 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9646 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
9655 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9656 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9657 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9658 * spa_activities_lock.
9661 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9662 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9664 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9665 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9666 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9670 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9671 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9672 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9676 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9679 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
9681 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9686 * Locking for waiting threads
9687 * ---------------------------
9689 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9690 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9691 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9692 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9693 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9694 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9695 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9696 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9698 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9699 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9700 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9701 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9702 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9703 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9705 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9706 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9707 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9708 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9709 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9711 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9712 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9713 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9714 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9715 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9717 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9718 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9719 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9720 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9721 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9722 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9723 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9728 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9729 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9733 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9736 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9738 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9739 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9740 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9743 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9744 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9745 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9746 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9747 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9749 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9750 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
9751 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
9752 activity
, in_progress
);
9754 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9755 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9756 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9757 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9759 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9760 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9762 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9763 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9766 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9767 if ((*in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)))
9770 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9772 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9773 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9775 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9776 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9777 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9778 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9779 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9783 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9790 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9791 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9794 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9795 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
9796 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
9797 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9799 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9800 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9801 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9803 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
9804 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
9807 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9811 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9816 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9817 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9818 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9819 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9820 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9821 * potentially long wait.
9823 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9825 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9829 boolean_t in_progress
;
9830 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9833 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9838 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9839 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9846 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9847 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9853 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9854 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9857 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9860 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9864 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9867 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9870 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9874 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9876 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9880 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9882 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9883 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9886 (void) spa
, (void) vd
, (void) hist_nvl
, (void) name
;
9892 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9896 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9897 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9905 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9906 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9907 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9908 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9909 * or zdb as real changes.
9912 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9914 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9917 /* state manipulation functions */
9918 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9919 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9920 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9921 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9922 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9923 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
9924 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
9925 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
9926 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
9927 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
9928 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
9929 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
9930 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
9931 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
9932 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
9933 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
9935 /* device manipulation */
9936 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
9937 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
9938 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
9939 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
9940 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
9941 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
9943 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
9944 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
9945 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
9946 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
9947 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
9949 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
9950 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
9951 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
9952 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
9953 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
9954 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
9957 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
9958 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
9961 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
9962 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
9965 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
9966 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
9967 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
9969 /* asynchronous event notification */
9970 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
9973 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9974 "log2 fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
9975 "verifying pool during import");
9978 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9979 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
9981 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9982 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
9984 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9985 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
9987 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9988 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
9990 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_tpq
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9991 "Number of threads per IO worker taskqueue");
9994 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, ULONG
, ZMOD_RW
,
9995 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
9996 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
9999 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
,
10000 ZMOD_RW
, "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
10002 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
,
10003 ZMOD_RW
, "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
10005 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10006 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
,
10008 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
10010 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
,
10012 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
10014 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
,
10016 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
10017 "was being condensed");